<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mt217</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mt217"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Mt217"/>
	<updated>2026-05-28T09:50:36Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782794</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782794"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T11:09:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Locating Transition States&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and Dynamic Trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]] .     [[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface plots (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. When the MEP calculation (on the left) is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a short length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation (on the right) gives a much longer, complete black trajectory. The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst with dynamic calculation the data is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless, whereas with MEP the kinetic energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP calculation is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparison, values of interatomic distances were changed (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. Values were being shifted from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts (on the left); to r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction. The same variations were applied for Momenta vs Time plots. The observations are exactly the same as for the distances, with the position of the lines being exchanged in between. The initial values are displayed below on the left, whereas the changed values can be seen on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactivity through trajectory analysis &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows a correlation with the kinetic energy of the system. The potential energy is constant and the kinetic energy is changing in response the structural changes. Furthermore, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dependent on the momentum (not just on energy). If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule - especially when the incoming atom&#039;s momentum is marginally lower - than the reaction will not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that the reaction consist of atoms and molecules are subjected to a continuous change in the energies and positions. The transition state is being described as the position along the reaction path where the energy is at its maximum. The activation energy corresponding to a specific reaction and to its reactant is the energy necessary to initiate collisions sufficient to reach the transition state. It is calculated as the difference between the reactants and the transition state. The transition state or activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactant and hence its properties can be approximated using Hammond&#039;s postulate. Moreover, the rate if reaction - formation of products - can be approximates from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the transition state theory can also be applied to the quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state complex. This means that an equilibrium is always established in between the reactant and the activated complex regardless of the relationship of the reactant and the product (if they are in equilibrium). This part of the theory can be materialised in the form of a mathematical expression through the Van Hoff equation. The equation describes an equilibrium state, which is reversible and temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &#039;&#039;where, K - eq. constant, T - temperature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the temperature dependence of reaction rates, the equation is derived and as a result the Arrhenius equation is being formulated. The Arrhenius equation shows the temperature dependence of reaction rates as well as the activation energy of a corresponding reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;     &#039;&#039;where k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction -  where P1 and P2 were -2.5 and -5.0 respectively - must go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than it is in theory. Therefore, the rate constant prevents the reaction from going to completion. (the energy barrier is sufficient to retain AB as a molecule when is it being subjected to a collision by C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;) shows that the reactants (on the right hand side) are higher in energy than the product (on the left hand side). Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanied by a decrease in energy). Hence the reverse reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the corresponding backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional energy is required to pass the activation energy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction is exothermic, (bond making is exothermic) which means that the final product will be in a lower energy state than the reactants. Hence, the HF bond is a stronger bond and is lower in energy than the H-H bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the H-F bond due to a large difference in electronegativity. The surface plot of the endothermic reaction is shown above. It can be depicted that the reactant are in a lower energy state than the product.&lt;br /&gt;
For these calculations p1=p2=0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of the Transition State&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]      [[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the transition state, the surface (above, on the left) and contour (above, on the right) plots were displayed. At a transition state, only a single black dot can been seen on a surface plot as there is no trajectory. Moreover, the contour plot was left blank, as the reaction did not happen, but no oscillation is observed as the vibrational freedom of the complex is being retained. The transition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 Å, and H-F distance: 1.808 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For these calculations p1=p2=0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation Energies &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Energy vs Time plots, the following values have been established:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
Reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
Reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechanisms of energy release&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in which the Animation and Momenta vs Time plots show that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of A-B 1.5 Å, and B-C 0.878 Å. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule collides with the F atom, the translational energy of the species (due to the attraction between them) is being transformed into vibrational energy (oscillation being observed). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exothermic reactions release whereas, endothermic reactions absorb energy (in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (both) atom approaches the  F atom (only translational energy), oscillation in the form of vibrational energy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecule. This way, the energy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic energies are being transformed in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring the vibrational energy of the system via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calorimetry to determine the kinetic energy of the system  - which is directly proportional to the translational energy and its momentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74 Å, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values -1.5 and 1, 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusion, it was determined that no certain trends can be depicted from the data which would link the momentum, the outcome and the stretch of vibrations together. Moreover, the reactions at 2.9 and 3.0 are against Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation, the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F  with rHH=0.74 A but the momentum of HF was changed to p= -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and thus the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at the Momenta vs Time plot, we can see a continuously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contribution is seen as a a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; 2 Å&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Phh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
Phf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rule and the Distribution of Energy &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are reflecting on the effect of transition states energetically different modes. An exothermic reaction - in which the products are higher in energy - the transition state is described as &#039;early&#039; as it is closer in energy to the reactants. Hence, the translational energy has a greater impact on the activated complex snd thus the reaction then the vibrational energy. Empirically, for an endothermic reaction -  with a corresponding late transition state - the vibrational energy has a greater importance on the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, as described above it has an early transition state which suggest a greater impact from the translational energy contribution. The vibrational energy can be seen through the oscillating nature of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, where the translational contribution is largely coming from the H-F bond (both can be seen through their momenta). The effect of HH momentum is low. Therefore, larger HF contribution (momentum) would increase the chances of the reaction being completed. The experiment has failed to show a specific trend which would also comply with the theory. The results at 2.9 and 3 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules as discussed in the previous question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782708</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782708"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T10:30:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Locating Transition States&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and Dynamic Trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]] .     [[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface plots (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. When the MEP calculation (on the left) is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a short length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation (on the right) gives a much longer, complete black trajectory. The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst with dynamic calculation the data is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless, whereas with MEP the kinetic energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP calculation is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparison, values of interatomic distances were changed (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. Values were being shifted from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts (on the left); to r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction. The same variations were applied for Momenta vs Time plots. The observations are exactly the same as for the distances, with the position of the lines being exchanged in between. The initial values are displayed below on the left, whereas the changed values can be seen on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactivity through trajectory analysis &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows a correlation with the kinetic energy of the system. The potential energy is constant and the kinetic energy is changing in response the structural changes. Furthermore, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dependent on the momentum (not just on energy). If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule - especially when the incoming atom&#039;s momentum is marginally lower - than the reaction will not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that the reaction consist of atoms and molecules are subjected to a continuous change in the energies and positions. The transition state is being described as the position along the reaction path where the energy is at its maximum. The activation energy corresponding to a specific reaction and to its reactant is the energy necessary to initiate collisions sufficient to reach the transition state. It is calculated as the difference between the reactants and the transition state. The transition state or activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactant and hence its properties can be approximated using Hammond&#039;s postulate. Moreover, the rate if reaction - formation of products - can be approximates from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the transition state theory can also be applied to the quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state complex. This means that an equilibrium is always established in between the reactant and the activated complex regardless of the relationship of the reactant and the product (if they are in equilibrium). This part of the theory can be materialised in the form of a mathematical expression through the Van Hoff equation. The equation describes an equilibrium state, which is reversible and temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &#039;&#039;where, K - eq. constant, T - temperature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the temperature dependence of reaction rates, the equation is derived and as a result the Arrhenius equation is being formulated. The Arrhenius equation shows the temperature dependence of reaction rates as well as the activation energy of a corresponding reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;     &#039;&#039;where k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction -  where P1 and P2 were -2.5 and -5.0 respectively - must go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than it is in theory. Therefore, the rate constant prevents the reaction from going to completion. (the energy barrier is sufficient to retain AB as a molecule when is it being subjected to a collision by C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782705</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782705"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T10:28:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Locating Transition States&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and Dynamic Trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]] .     [[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface plots (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. When the MEP calculation (on the left) is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a short length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation (on the right) gives a much longer, complete black trajectory. The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst with dynamic calculation the data is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless, whereas with MEP the kinetic energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP calculation is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparison, values of interatomic distances were changed (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. Values were being shifted from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts (on the left); to r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction. The same variations were applied for Momenta vs Time plots. The observations are exactly the same as for the distances, with the position of the lines being exchanged in between. The initial values are displayed below on the left, whereas the changed values can be seen on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows a correlation with the kinetic energy of the system. The potential energy is constant and the kinetic energy is changing in response the structural changes. Furthermore, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dependent on the momentum (not just on energy). If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule - especially when the incoming atom&#039;s momentum is marginally lower - than the reaction will not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that the reaction consist of atoms and molecules are subjected to a continuous change in the energies and positions. The transition state is being described as the position along the reaction path where the energy is at its maximum. The activation energy corresponding to a specific reaction and to its reactant is the energy necessary to initiate collisions sufficient to reach the transition state. It is calculated as the difference between the reactants and the transition state. The transition state or activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactant and hence its properties can be approximated using Hammond&#039;s postulate. Moreover, the rate if reaction - formation of products - can be approximates from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the transition state theory can also be applied to the quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state complex. This means that an equilibrium is always established in between the reactant and the activated complex regardless of the relationship of the reactant and the product (if they are in equilibrium). This part of the theory can be materialised in the form of a mathematical expression through the Van Hoff equation. The equation describes an equilibrium state, which is reversible and temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &#039;&#039;where, K - eq. constant, T - temperature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the temperature dependence of reaction rates, the equation is derived and as a result the Arrhenius equation is being formulated. The Arrhenius equation shows the temperature dependence of reaction rates as well as the activation energy of a corresponding reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;     &#039;&#039;where k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction -  where P1 and P2 were -2.5 and -5.0 respectively - must go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than it is in theory. Therefore, the rate constant prevents the reaction from going to completion. (the energy barrier is sufficient to retain AB as a molecule when is it being subjected to a collision by C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782695</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782695"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T10:21:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Locating Transition States&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and Dynamic Trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]] .     [[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface plots (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. When the MEP calculation (on the left) is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a short length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation (on the right) gives a much longer, complete black trajectory. The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst with dynamic calculation the data is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless, whereas with MEP the kinetic energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP calculation is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparison, values of interatomic distances were changed (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. Values were being shifted from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts (on the left); to r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction. The same variations were applied for Momenta vs Time plots. The observations are exactly the same as for the distances, with the position of the lines being exchanged in between. The initial values are displayed below on the left, whereas the changed values can be seen on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows a correlation with the kinetic energy of the system. The potential energy is constant and the kinetic energy is changing in response the structural changes. Furthermore, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dependent on the momentum (not just on energy). If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule - especially when the incoming atom&#039;s momentum is marginally lower - than the reaction will not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that the reaction consist of atoms and molecules are subjected to a continuous change in the energies and positions. The transition state is being described as the position along the reaction path where the energy is at its maximum. The activation energy corresponding to a specific reaction and to its reactant is the energy necessary to initiate collisions sufficient to reach the transition state. It is calculated as the difference between the reactants and the transition state. The transition state or activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactant and hence its properties can be approximated using Hammond&#039;s postulate. Moreover, the rate if reaction - formation of products - can be approximates from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the transition state theory can also be applied to the quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state complex. This means that an equilibrium is always established in between the reactant and the activated complex regardless of the relationship of the reactant and the product (if they are in equilibrium). This part of the theory can be materialised in the form of a mathematical expression through the Van Hoff equation. The equation describes an equilibrium state, which is reversible and temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; K - eq. constant, T - temperature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782647</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782647"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T10:00:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Locating Transition States&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and Dynamic Trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]] .     [[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface plots (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. When the MEP calculation (on the left) is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a short length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation (on the right) gives a much longer, complete black trajectory. The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst with dynamic calculation the data is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless, whereas with MEP the kinetic energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP calculation is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For comparison, values of interatomic distances were changed (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;. Values were being shifted from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts (on the left); to r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction. The initial values are displayed below on the left, whereas the changed values can be seen on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782631</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782631"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:51:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equals zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived value is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path. Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no straight lines in accordance with this observation. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 Å, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The Intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below (on the left). The aim was to minimise oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H atom and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is restricted. A restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. A static picture of the animation of the transition state can be seen below (on the right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782620</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782620"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:45:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;∂V(ri)/∂ri=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782616</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782616"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:45:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see above&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782615</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782615"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:44:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collision of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&amp;quot;see above&amp;quot;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782611</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782611"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:42:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782609</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782609"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:41:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; References&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782608</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=782608"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T09:39:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules (2) are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;No.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2): Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781535</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781535"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:59:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory (1) is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we look at Momentu vs Time, we can see a continously oscillating path, hence the reaction had reached its end. A large momentum contributio n is seen asa a result of a large contribution from the very strong HF bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polany&#039;s empirical rules (2) are. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ct of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
references: (1): T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
(2): Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in Reaction Dynamics Acc. Chem. Res. 1972, 5, 161– 168&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781492</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781492"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:49:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction goes to completion between the values of -1.5 and 1, and 2.5-2.6 and 2.9-3.0. As a conclusions, it was determined that no certnain trend can be depicyted from the xperiment whoich would link the momenetum, the successs and the strencht of the H H vibrations. Success for 2.9 and 3.0 violates Polanyis rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a separate calculation the same initial positions were used, for HF + H → H2 + F  with HH=0.74 A but the . momentum of HF was changed to = -0.8 and the HH momentum was 0.1. The reaction goes to completion and the reaction is valid!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for HF + H → H2 + F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH 2 A&lt;br /&gt;
HF 0.893325 A&lt;br /&gt;
P hh - 8&lt;br /&gt;
P hf -0,02&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The success of the trajectory can be seen on the Momentum vs Time graphs which shows constant oscillation, meaning that it has reached the end point. The second reactive trajectory involved a lot of momentum as the H-F bond is incredibly strong and a lot of energy is required to break it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781430</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781430"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:38:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781421</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781421"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:37:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || medium || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9 || medium || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8 || medium || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.7 || medium || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.6 || medium || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || medium || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.25 || medium || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2|| medium || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || medium || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || weak || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0 || strong|| yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || medium || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5 || weak || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2 || weak || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.25  || medium || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || weak || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.4 || weak || no || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5 || medium || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.6 || weak || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.7 ||  weak || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  2.8 || weak || transition state || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.9  || weak || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || medium || yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781281</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781281"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:16:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, pHH in the range -3 to 3, rHF was set to 2.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! pHH !! Level of Vibration of H-H bond !! Reaction &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781165</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781165"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:02:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion. B and C were the H and A was the F atoms, with distances of AB 1.5 A, and BC 0.878 A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the H2 molecules collides with the F atom, the translationmal enegy of the species (due to attartion between them) is being tranformd into vibrational eegy (as you can see the oscillating naature o the compounds). Depending on the nature of the experiment, exhothemic reactions release whereas endothemic reaction absorb enegy b(in the form of heat) from the environment. When the oscillating H2 atom apparoches the thr F atom (only translational E) and the H2 has both, the oscillation in the form of vibrationalenegy is being transmitted to the residual HF molecuel. IN this way, the enegy of the system is constant but the vibrational and kinetic enegy is being transfomred in between species. This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring th vibrational enegy of the sstem via IR spectroscopy or use bomb calirometry to meaure the kinetic enegy of the system  - whoch is directly proportional to the translatonal enegy and it smomentum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png&amp;diff=781081</id>
		<title>File:Mom vs time AB 1.5 BC 0.878.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Mom_vs_time_AB_1.5_BC_0.878.png&amp;diff=781081"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:51:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781078</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781078"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:51:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scenario was set up in whoch the animation and mometa vs time shows that the H2 F reaction goes to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781012</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=781012"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:43:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Enegy vs Time plots the following values have been estabshed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H2 + F → HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -103.913 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 0.226 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H → H2 + F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
transition state: -103.687 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
reactants: -132.455 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
activation energy (difference): 28.768 kcal.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780924</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780924"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:33:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_norxn.png&amp;diff=780922</id>
		<title>File:Contour norxn.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_norxn.png&amp;diff=780922"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:32:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780921</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780921"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:32:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_plot_norxn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_plot_norxn.png&amp;diff=780919</id>
		<title>File:Surface plot norxn.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_plot_norxn.png&amp;diff=780919"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:32:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780911</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780911"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:30:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also no momentum was used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is when the distance are in such configuration that the reaxtion pathway does no exist and would only show a single point. This can be shown wither on the controur plot (no reaction trajctory) or on the surface plot, on whoch only a single dot will be displayed. The ttsnsition state was obtained at H-H distance: 0.745 A, and H-F distance: 1.808 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780851</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780851"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:21:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaciton is exothemic, (bond making is exothemric) whoch emns that the final prodcts will be in a lower enegy state tha the rectants. Hence, the HF bond will be stron ger and lower in enegy than the HH bond. This is due to the ionic nature of the HF bond due to a large differnnce in electronegativity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png&amp;diff=780830</id>
		<title>File:HF surfce endothemic.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:HF_surfce_endothemic.png&amp;diff=780830"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:19:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780826</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780826"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:18:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FH_E_surface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atoms A and B are H-s, whereas C was F. The surface plot shows that the rectants (on the right ha d side) are higher in energy than the procuct on the left hamd side. Therefore the reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → HF + H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is exothermic (negative sign, accompanoed by a decrease in energy). Hence the reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
must be endothermic, as this is the correspoing backward reaction. In that case, the reactants will be lower in energy and the products will be higher. Additional enegy is required to go through the activaion enegy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FH_E_surface.png&amp;diff=780762</id>
		<title>File:FH E surface.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FH_E_surface.png&amp;diff=780762"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:11:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780760</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780760"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:11:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780657</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780657"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Classification of F + H2 and H + HF reactions &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Position of transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 Activation enegyies for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Mechasism of the release of the reaction energy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 Distribution of enegy between different modes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780634</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780634"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:55:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the theory, the last reaction wheer it was -2.5 and -5.0 should go to completion. However, the exact opposite was observed. As a conclusion, it is suggested that the rate constant is lower in real life than the theory would suggest and therefore the rate conctant prevents the reaction from going to competion. (energy barrier is sufficient to reatin the AB moleculed whn is it sibjected to collision with C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780609</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780609"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:52:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780595</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780595"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, very close transition state, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the trsnsition state theory can also be applied tot eh quasi-equilibrium state. The reactants are in equailibrium with the transition state complex. This means the an equalibtrium is always established between those two states, even if the reactant and proudtc are not in euqialibrium and fo exaple the reaction is driven hardly to one side. This section of the theroy can be imagined mathemmaticlly throguht the Vant Hoff equation. Again, this equatioj desbribes an equalibrium state which ois revesible and is temperature dependent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}} ; K - eq. constant, T - temeprature in K, U - internal energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to get the tempereature dependence of reaction rates, the Vant Hoff reaction is derived, and tje Arrhenius equation is residued, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation. The arrhenius equation shows the temperature dpeendence of reaction rates and allows the calculation of axtivation enegy and reaction rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT} ; k - rate constant, T - temperature in K, A - exponential factor, Ea - activation energy, R - gas constant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780434</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780434"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:34:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || A-B oscillates, no reaction || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || A-B oscillates, B and C bond formation || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||  A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation is expected, but it bounces off and C remains a single atom || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || 	A-B oscillates intensely, B and C bond formation || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780394</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780394"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:30:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes ||   || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||   || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes ||  || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, it was concluded that the E total of the system depends on the momentum. Moreover, it shows correlation . with the kinetic energy of the system, as the potential enegy is constant, only the kinetic energy is chening. Moreover, in terms of reaxtivity, the system&#039;s susceptibility to undergo a reaction is also dpeendent of the momentum and not just of the enegy. If there is a large momentum difference between the single atom and the H2 moelceud, especially when the incoming atoms momentum is marginally lower, than the reaction will not happen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780350</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780350"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:25:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes ||   || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No ||   || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes ||  || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780272</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780272"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:12:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:-1.5,-2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:-2.5,-5.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:-2.5,-5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-2.5,-5.2.png&amp;diff=780263</id>
		<title>File:-2.5,-5.2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-2.5,-5.2.png&amp;diff=780263"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:11:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: Mt217 uploaded a new version of File:-2.5,-5.2.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-2.5,-5.0.png&amp;diff=780261</id>
		<title>File:-2.5,-5.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-2.5,-5.0.png&amp;diff=780261"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:10:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.5,-2.5.png&amp;diff=780258</id>
		<title>File:-1.5,-2.5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.5,-2.5.png&amp;diff=780258"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:10:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: Mt217 uploaded a new version of File:-1.5,-2.5.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.5,-2.0.png&amp;diff=780257</id>
		<title>File:-1.5,-2.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.5,-2.0.png&amp;diff=780257"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:10:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780254</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780254"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:09:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png&amp;diff=780246</id>
		<title>File:-1.25,-2.5 p1,p2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png&amp;diff=780246"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:09:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: Mt217 uploaded a new version of File:-1.25,-2.5 p1,p2.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780240</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780240"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:08:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png&amp;diff=780236</id>
		<title>File:-1.25,-2.5 p1,p2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:-1.25,-2.5_p1,p2.png&amp;diff=780236"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:07:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780232</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=780232"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:07:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || [[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=779803</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=779803"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T23:01:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5  Transition State Theory &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory is a way of describing chemical reactions as such that they are being a result the atoms and molecules being part of the reaction are being subjected to continous chhange in potential enegies and positions. The transistion stae is being described as the position along the reaction path where the enegy is at its maximum. The activation energy corrwespongin to a specific reaction and to its reactants necessary to initiate the collison leading to the products can be calculated as the differenc between the transition state and the enegy of the reactants. The state of being at the transition state is being defined as the activated complex which is in equilibrium with the reactants and hence its rpoerties can be approximated using Hammonds postulate. Moreover, the rate of reaction - formation of the finla products can be approximated from the concentration of these activated complexes and their ability to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=779793</id>
		<title>MRD:MToth96</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:MToth96&amp;diff=779793"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T22:44:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mt217: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Collison of H2 and H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 Potential Energy Surface&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Surface_Plot.PNG]] . &lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface (&#039;&#039;see Figure 1&#039;&#039;), the transition state is found and defined as the point where it is true that ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0, and ∂V2(ri)/∂ri2&amp;gt;0.                       &lt;br /&gt;
Empirically, the gradient of the surface is hence equal to zero. Looking at the surface plot, the kinetic energy surface, as a function of AB distance has &lt;br /&gt;
a curvature that describes the potential energy as a function of distance. The transition state is at its minimum, as the distances are in balance. &lt;br /&gt;
Also, the trajectory (see black line) has to have its maximum value at the transition state, as we are expecting an energy maximum at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the highest point along the trajectory. At this point, AB and BC are also equal. After the second differentiation, a local maximum &lt;br /&gt;
is found if the derived values is positive. It is distinguished from other local minima by implementing the following criterium: ∂V/dq1 = 0 and ∂V/dq2 = 0, &lt;br /&gt;
where q1 is the tangent to the minimum and q2 is orthogonal to this as well as to the reaction path.  Hence, ∂V2/dq12 &amp;lt; 0 and ∂V2/dq22 &amp;gt; 0 for that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 Trajectories, location TS&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the transition state is reached, both the AB and BC distances are equal. Atoms show no vibration and therefore the graph displays no vibration but they are static. The optimal distance was found to be 0.908 A, at which both AB and BC distances were equal. Also, the momentum for both p1 and p2 were set to zero. &lt;br /&gt;
The intermolecular distanced vs Time plot is shown below. The aim was to minimise  oscillation and obtain flat lines with no corresponding gradients. No vibration means no change in distance and the vibration of the H and H2 molecule is restricted, a restriction in vibrational freedom means that the TS is reached. Moreover, the BC and AB distances are equal and the corresponding lines are on top of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Diastance_vs_time_h2.PNG]] .     [[File:Animation_h2_static.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 MEP and dynamic trajectory&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_mep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is displayed as the black line along the bottom of the surface. When the MEP calculation is used, the line starts from the transition state but is only displayed for a shirt length. Whereas, the dynamic calculation gives a much longer, complete black trajectory (see figure). The program tries to find the steepest descent along the potential energy surface to obtained a minimum. The MEP method is being reset to zero after every step, whilst the dynamic calculation the data (kinetic energy) is being carried further to the next step. Hence, the calculation is being carried on regardless but with MEP the potential energy stays at its minimum. Thus, an oscillating line is observed with the dynamic, and a local maximum with the MEP is observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_dynamic.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are being changed from r1=ts+0.01, r2=ts and r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:normal.PNG]]               [[File:Changed_distance.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it was observed that the lines corresponding to the AB and BC distances were exchanged (as expected). When the numbers got changed, the transition state was approached by the opposite direction - as a symmetrical system is being considered - and the values are exactly the same but opposite. Hence, the same plot was displayed in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Normal_momentum.PNG]]         [[File:Changed.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 Reactive and unreactive trajectories &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 1, it is possible to conclude that the total energy of the system depends on the momentum of the system as it is related to the kinetic energy of the system. The momentum of the particles very much determines whether they will react or not, rather than just the energy of the system. If p2 (the momentum of B-C) is small when compared with p1, the molecule may rebound and not react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Trajectory Contour Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||  ||  ||   || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||  ||  ||   || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||  ||  ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;(Table 1)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory explores the reaction rates of chemical reactions, assuming the existence of quasi-equilibrium, a form of chemical equilibrium, between reactants and transition state complexes. The configuration of this complex is called the &#039;activated complex&#039; and is the intermediate form at which the maximum potential energy occurs. The difference in energy between the reactants and the energy of the activated complex is closely related to the activation energy of the reaction[1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quasi-equilibrium state can be described using the thermodynamic treatment of the theory. The theory assumes that the activated complex is always in quasi-equilibrium with the reactants, even when the reactants and products are not in equilibrium with each other. The thermodynamic treatment can be summarised using the Van&#039;t Hoff equation, which describes the temperature dependence of the equilibrium constant for a reversible reaction, as seen in Equation 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig.8 A depiction of barrier recrossing.&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{d\ln K}{dT} = \frac{\Delta U}{RT^{2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.1 where ΔU is the change in internal energy, K is the equilibrium constant of the reaction, R is the universal gas constant, and T is thermodynamic temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration of this equation leads to Equation 2, otherwise known as the Arrhenius equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k = Ae^{-E_a/RT}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eq.2 where k is the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have shown that the reaction can be unsuccessful as barrier recrossing occurs, as seen in Fig.8, it is expected that the rate constant is lower in experiment than the theory suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;System of F-H-H&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q1 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking at the potential, energy surfaces, F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction as the products are lower in energy than the reactants, as seen in Fig.9. The backwards reaction must be endothermic. This can be seen by looking at the plot for H + HF → H2 + F which concurs that the reaction is endothermic because the products are higher in energy than the reactants so energy is required from the surroundings to overcome the potential energy barrier. Therefore, the reverse reaction must be exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since F + H2 → H + HF is an exothermic reaction and bond making is an exothermic process, the H-F bond must be stronger than the H-H bond. This can be attributed to its ionic nature as the electronegativity difference between H and F is large, leading to a more polarised bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q2 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state H-H distance is 0.745 Å and the H-F distance is 1.808 Å. This can be shown using a contour plot, Fig.10, as there is no reaction pathway shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q3 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H2 + F → HF + H, the transition state lies at -103.742 kcal.mol-1 and the reactants lie at -103.911 kcal.mol-1. Therefore, the activation energy of this reaction is 0.2 kcal.mol-1. For the reverse reaction, the reactants lie at -133.864 kcal.mol-1, so the activation energy is 30 kcal.mol-1. These energies were established using Energy vs Time plots for extremes of distances and the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q4 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanism is the conversion between translational and vibrational energy. Upon collision, translational is converted into vibrational energy. For the exothermic reaction, energy should be released whereas for the endothermic reaction, energy should be absorbed. Vibrational energy can be confirmed experimentally using infrared spectroscopy. Translational energy can be measured by using bomb calorimetry which measures kinetic energy using an isochoric process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inputting rHH = 0.74, with a momentum pFH = -0.5, several values of pHH in the range -3 to 3 were explored. rHF was set to 2.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction only appears to be successful for momentum values between 0 and -2 and between 2.85 and 2.95. This indicates there is no obvious trend between the momentum of the H-H bond and the success of the reaction. The success of the reaction between 2.85 and 2.95 violates Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mt 1.pngFinalmomm.png&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for H2 + F → HF + H is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Q5 &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules involve the effect of the transition state on the importance of different modes[2]. For an early transition state, such as in an exothermic reaction, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy in terms of the effect on the efficiency of the reaction. On the other hand, endothermic reactions, with a late transition state, place a greater importance on vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 → HF + H is an exothermic reaction, its early transition state suggests greater importance of translational energy in affecting the efficiency of the reaction. This translational energy is reflected in the H-F momentum, whereas vibrational energy is reflected in the H-H momentum. The theory predicts that as H-F momentum increases, the reaction goes more to completion whereas increasing the H-H momentum has less of an effect. This is proven as if we increase the momentum of the H-H bond from -1 to -4, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.11. The lack of trend in the table above, Table 2, also perpetuates the agreement with Polanyi&#039;s rules as no trend is observed. The results between 2.85 and 2.95 violate Polanyi&#039;s rules, however. Whereas, as the reverse reaction is an endothermic reaction, if we decrease the momentum of the H-F bond from -1 to -0.5, the reaction becomes unsuccessful, as seen in Fig.12.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mt217</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>